1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
187 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
189 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
192 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
194 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
195 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
196 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
197 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
199 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
201 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
202 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
203 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
204 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
206 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
208 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
210 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
213 /* The application context for Xt use. */
214 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
215 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
216 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
218 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
220 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
222 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
223 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
225 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
227 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
228 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
229 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
231 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
235 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
236 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
237 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
238 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
240 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
242 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
243 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
244 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
245 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
246 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
247 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
248 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
249 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
250 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
253 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
255 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
256 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
257 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
259 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
261 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
262 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
265 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
266 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
269 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
271 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
272 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
273 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
274 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
275 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
276 it's somewhat accurate. */
278 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
280 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
284 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
286 static int input_signal_count
;
289 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
291 static int x_noop_count
;
293 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
295 extern char **initial_argv
;
296 extern int initial_argc
;
298 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
300 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
302 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
304 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
308 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
310 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
312 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
314 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
315 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
316 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
319 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
321 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
322 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
324 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
325 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
326 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
327 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
329 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
330 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
331 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
335 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
336 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
337 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
338 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
339 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
340 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
341 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
342 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
343 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
344 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
346 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
347 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
348 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
350 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
351 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
352 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
354 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
355 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
356 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
357 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
358 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
360 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
362 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
363 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
364 int *, struct input_event
*));
365 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *)) NO_RETURN
;
368 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
377 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
378 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
379 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
381 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
382 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
387 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
388 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
389 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
390 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
391 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
394 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
397 /***********************************************************************
399 ***********************************************************************/
403 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
404 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
412 struct record event_record
[100];
414 int event_record_index
;
416 record_event (locus
, type
)
420 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
421 event_record_index
= 0;
423 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
424 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
425 event_record_index
++;
432 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
434 struct x_display_info
*
435 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
438 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
440 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
441 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
449 /***********************************************************************
450 Starting and ending an update
451 ***********************************************************************/
453 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
454 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
455 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
456 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
457 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
467 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
468 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
472 x_update_window_begin (w
)
475 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
476 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
479 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
483 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
485 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
486 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
488 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
490 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
491 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
493 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
494 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
495 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
496 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
497 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
498 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
500 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
501 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
502 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
503 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
504 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
505 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
506 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
510 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
511 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
514 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
515 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
524 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
527 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
531 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
534 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
536 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
539 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
540 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
543 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
545 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
546 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
548 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
549 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
550 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
552 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
553 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
557 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
559 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
561 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
563 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
568 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
570 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
572 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
573 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
578 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
579 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
580 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
582 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
583 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
584 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
587 updated_window
= NULL
;
591 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
598 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
599 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
603 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
609 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
610 complete update has been performed. The global variable
611 updated_window is not available here. */
614 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
619 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
621 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
622 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
625 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
626 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
627 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
628 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
629 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
636 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
637 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
638 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
639 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
640 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
641 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
644 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
645 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
647 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
653 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
654 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
656 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
657 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
658 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
659 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
660 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
661 overhead is very small. */
662 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
663 && desired_row
->full_width_p
664 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
665 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
667 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
670 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
672 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
673 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
674 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
678 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
679 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
680 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
681 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
682 y
, width
, height
, False
);
688 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
690 struct glyph_row
*row
;
691 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
693 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
694 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
695 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
696 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
697 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
700 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
701 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
704 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
707 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
708 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
709 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
710 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
712 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
715 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
717 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
719 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
720 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
721 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
722 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
724 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
726 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
728 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
729 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
738 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
739 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
743 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
745 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
747 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
749 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
751 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
752 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
754 face
->background
, depth
);
758 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
759 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
762 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
763 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
764 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
765 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
768 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
769 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
770 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
774 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
775 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
780 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
785 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
786 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
787 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
791 XTset_terminal_modes ()
795 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
796 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
799 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
805 /***********************************************************************
807 ***********************************************************************/
809 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
811 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
814 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
815 is not contained in the font. */
818 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
821 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
823 /* The result metric information. */
824 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
826 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
828 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
830 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
832 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
833 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
834 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
835 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
836 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
837 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
838 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
839 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
840 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
841 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
845 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
846 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
847 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
848 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
850 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
851 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
855 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
857 \ = integer modulus */
858 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
859 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
860 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
861 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
863 pcm
= (font
->per_char
864 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
865 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
866 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
872 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
873 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
874 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
875 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
876 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
877 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
881 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
886 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
887 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
890 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
893 struct font_info
*font_info
;
896 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
897 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
899 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
900 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
902 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
904 /* It's a program. */
905 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
907 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
908 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
910 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
911 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
916 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
917 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
918 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
921 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
923 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
925 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
926 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
928 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
930 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
932 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
934 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
936 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
937 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
938 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
940 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
941 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
945 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
947 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
952 /***********************************************************************
954 ***********************************************************************/
958 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
959 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
960 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
962 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
964 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
971 unsigned long *, double, int));
972 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
973 double, int, unsigned long));
974 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
978 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
979 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
981 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
982 int, int, int, int, int, int,
984 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
985 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
988 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
992 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
997 struct glyph_string
*s
;
999 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1000 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1001 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1003 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1006 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1010 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1011 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1013 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1014 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1015 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1016 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1018 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1019 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1021 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1022 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1023 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1025 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1026 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1029 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1030 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1031 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1032 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1034 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1035 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1038 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1039 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1041 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1046 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1049 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1050 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1055 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1056 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1057 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1059 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1061 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1062 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1064 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1065 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1066 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1068 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1069 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1070 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1073 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1078 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1079 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1080 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1081 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1082 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1083 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1085 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1086 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1089 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1090 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1092 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1095 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1099 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1100 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1101 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1104 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1105 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1107 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1111 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1112 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1116 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1117 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1119 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1121 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1123 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1124 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1126 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1128 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1129 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1131 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1133 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1136 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1138 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1139 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1141 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1142 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1144 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1145 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1149 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1150 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1153 /* GC must have been set. */
1154 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1158 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1159 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1162 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1163 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1166 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1167 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1172 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1173 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1176 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1177 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1180 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1183 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1184 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1185 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1186 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1187 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1192 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1195 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1196 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1200 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1201 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1202 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1203 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1207 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1208 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1209 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1210 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1211 contains the first component of a composition. */
1214 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1215 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1218 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1219 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1220 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1222 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1226 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1227 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1228 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1229 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1230 s
->background_width
,
1231 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1232 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1233 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1235 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1236 || s
->font_not_found_p
1237 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1240 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1241 s
->background_width
,
1242 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1243 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1249 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1252 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1253 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1257 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1258 of S to the right of that box line. */
1259 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1260 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1261 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1265 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1267 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1269 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1271 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1272 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1273 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1275 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1280 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1281 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1283 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1284 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1286 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1288 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1289 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1291 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1292 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1293 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1294 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1295 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1297 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1299 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1301 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1302 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1304 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1305 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1310 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1311 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1313 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1314 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1317 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1319 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1320 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1322 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1323 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1325 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1326 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1331 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1334 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1335 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1339 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1340 of S to the right of that box line. */
1341 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1342 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1343 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1347 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1348 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1349 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1350 this composition. */
1352 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1353 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1354 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1357 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1358 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1362 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1364 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1365 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1366 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1368 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1369 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1370 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1371 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1378 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1380 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1381 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1382 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1383 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1384 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1387 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1388 cannot be determined. */
1390 static struct frame
*
1391 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1394 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1398 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1400 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1401 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1402 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1403 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1404 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1405 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1407 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1408 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1409 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1410 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1411 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1412 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1413 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1414 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1421 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1422 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1423 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1424 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1427 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1432 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1433 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1437 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1438 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1439 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1440 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1441 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1442 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1445 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1449 unsigned long *pixel
;
1453 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1454 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1458 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1459 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1461 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1463 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1465 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1470 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1471 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1473 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1476 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1478 DPY is the display we are working on.
1480 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1481 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1482 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1483 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1485 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1486 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1488 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1489 we allocated the color or not.
1491 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1494 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1498 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1499 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1509 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1510 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1512 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1516 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1517 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1518 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1520 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1522 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1523 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1525 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1527 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1528 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1530 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1531 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1533 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1534 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1539 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1541 params
[0] = color_name
;
1542 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1543 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1544 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1549 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1551 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1553 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1557 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1561 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1562 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1565 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1570 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1571 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1572 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1574 APP is the application context in which we work.
1576 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1577 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1578 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1580 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1583 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1592 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1594 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1597 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1599 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1600 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1601 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1602 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1603 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1608 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1611 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1612 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1613 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1614 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1616 static const XColor
*
1617 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1621 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1623 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1625 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1628 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1629 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1630 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1631 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1632 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1634 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1635 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1637 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1641 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1642 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1646 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1647 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1650 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1655 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1657 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1660 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1662 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1663 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1664 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1665 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1669 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1673 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1674 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1677 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1681 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1685 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1686 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1687 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1691 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1698 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1701 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1702 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1703 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1704 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1706 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1708 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1710 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1712 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1713 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1714 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1715 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1717 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1720 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1724 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1725 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1726 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1727 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1731 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1732 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1733 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1734 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1735 XColor
*cached_color
;
1737 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1738 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1739 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1740 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1741 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1743 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1744 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1745 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1749 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1751 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1752 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1758 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1759 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1760 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1764 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1769 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1770 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1774 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1775 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1776 get color reference counts right. */
1779 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1781 unsigned long pixel
;
1785 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1787 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1788 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1790 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1791 register_color (pixel
);
1797 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1798 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1799 get color reference counts right. */
1802 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1805 unsigned long pixel
;
1809 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1811 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1812 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1814 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1815 register_color (pixel
);
1821 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1824 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1825 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1826 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1827 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1828 use an additional additive factor.
1830 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1831 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1832 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1835 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1836 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1837 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1838 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1839 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1840 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1843 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1847 unsigned long *pixel
;
1855 /* Get RGB color values. */
1856 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1857 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1859 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1860 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1861 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1862 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1863 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1865 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1866 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1868 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1869 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1870 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1871 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1872 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1874 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1875 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1876 /* The additive adjustment. */
1877 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1881 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1882 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1883 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1887 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1888 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1889 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1893 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1894 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1897 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1899 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1900 delta to the RGB values. */
1901 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1903 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1904 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1905 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1906 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1917 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1918 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1919 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1920 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1921 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1922 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1925 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1927 struct relief
*relief
;
1930 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1933 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1934 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1935 unsigned long pixel
;
1936 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1937 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1938 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1939 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1941 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1942 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1944 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1945 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1946 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1948 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1950 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1951 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1954 /* Allocate new color. */
1955 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1957 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1958 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1960 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1961 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1964 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1966 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1968 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1971 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1975 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1978 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1979 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1981 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1982 unsigned long color
;
1984 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1985 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1986 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1988 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1989 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1994 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1995 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1996 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1999 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2000 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2002 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2003 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2004 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2005 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2006 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2011 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2012 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2013 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2014 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2015 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2016 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2020 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2021 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2023 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2024 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2025 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2027 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2028 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2033 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2035 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2036 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2040 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2041 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2042 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2043 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2047 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2048 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2049 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2051 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2053 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2055 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2056 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2060 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2061 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2062 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2063 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2067 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2068 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2069 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2071 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2075 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2076 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2077 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2078 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2079 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2080 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2083 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2084 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2085 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2086 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2087 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2091 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2092 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2093 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2096 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2097 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2101 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2102 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2105 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2106 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2110 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2111 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2113 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2114 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2118 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2121 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2122 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2124 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2125 int left_p
, right_p
;
2126 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2127 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2129 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2130 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2131 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2133 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2134 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2136 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2138 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2139 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2141 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2143 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2145 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2147 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2148 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2150 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2151 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2152 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2154 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2156 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2158 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2159 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2160 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2163 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2164 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2165 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2170 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2173 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2174 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2177 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2179 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2180 right of that line. */
2181 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2182 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2184 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2186 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2188 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2189 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2190 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2191 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2197 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2198 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2199 trust on the shape extension to be available
2200 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2202 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2205 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2207 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2208 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2209 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2210 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2211 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2213 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2216 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2217 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2218 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2219 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2220 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2221 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2225 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2227 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2230 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2231 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2232 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2233 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2234 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2235 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2237 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2238 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2239 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2240 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2241 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2242 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2243 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2245 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2247 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2249 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2250 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2255 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2256 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2257 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2261 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2264 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2265 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2267 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2270 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2272 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2273 right of that line. */
2274 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2275 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2277 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2279 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2281 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2282 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2283 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2284 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2286 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2287 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2289 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2290 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2294 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2295 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2300 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2301 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2303 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2304 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2305 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2307 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2309 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2314 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2317 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2318 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2322 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2324 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2325 right of that line. */
2326 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2327 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2329 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2331 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2333 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2334 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2335 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2336 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2342 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2343 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2344 trust on the shape extension to be available
2345 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2347 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2351 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2352 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2353 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2354 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2355 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2357 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2358 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2359 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2360 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2364 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2365 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2366 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2368 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2369 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2370 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2371 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2372 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2373 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2374 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2376 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2378 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2379 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2380 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2385 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2386 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2387 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2391 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2392 give the rectangle to draw. */
2395 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2396 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2401 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2402 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2403 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2404 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2407 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2411 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2414 s->x +-------------------------
2417 | +-------------------------
2420 | | +-------------------
2426 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2427 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2429 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2430 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2432 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2435 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2436 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2437 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2438 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2440 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2441 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2443 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2444 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2448 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2449 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2453 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2454 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2455 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2456 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2457 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2459 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2460 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2461 s
->background_width
,
2464 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2466 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2468 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2471 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2472 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2473 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2474 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2475 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2480 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2482 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2483 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2484 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2485 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2493 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2495 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2497 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2498 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2500 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2503 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2506 /* Draw the foreground. */
2509 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2510 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2511 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2512 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2513 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2516 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2518 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2520 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2521 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2522 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2526 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2529 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2530 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2532 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2533 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2535 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2536 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2538 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2539 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2540 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2541 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2545 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2548 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2551 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2553 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2554 if (width
< background_width
)
2557 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2562 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2563 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2565 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2571 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2572 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2574 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2576 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2577 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2578 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2579 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2584 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2585 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2586 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2587 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2591 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2593 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2594 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2596 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2597 except for header line and mode line. */
2598 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2600 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2603 if (background_width
> 0)
2604 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2607 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2611 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2614 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2615 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2617 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2619 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2620 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2621 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2622 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2624 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2625 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2626 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2627 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2630 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2631 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2633 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2634 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2635 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2636 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2637 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2638 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2641 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2642 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2643 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2644 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2648 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2650 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2653 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2657 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2661 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2662 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2664 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2665 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2668 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2669 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2670 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2672 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2673 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2680 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2682 /* Draw underline. */
2683 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2685 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2688 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2689 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2692 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2693 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2696 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2697 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2698 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2699 specs, and its default is
2701 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2702 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2704 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2705 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2706 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2707 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2708 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2711 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2712 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2713 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2717 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2718 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2719 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2720 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2721 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2725 /* Draw overline. */
2726 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2728 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2730 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2731 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2732 s
->background_width
, h
);
2736 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2737 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2738 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2739 s
->background_width
, h
);
2740 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2744 /* Draw strike-through. */
2745 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2747 unsigned long h
= 1;
2748 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2750 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2751 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2756 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2757 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2758 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2760 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2764 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2765 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2766 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2769 /* Reset clipping. */
2770 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2773 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2776 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2778 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2780 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2781 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2782 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2786 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2797 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2798 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2801 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2808 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2809 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2813 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2814 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2824 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2826 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2828 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2829 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2830 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2832 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2833 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2835 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2837 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2838 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2839 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2841 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2848 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2850 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2851 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2853 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2856 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2857 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2860 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2861 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2863 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2864 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2865 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2867 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2868 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2872 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2874 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2875 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2879 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2881 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2882 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2884 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2886 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2898 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2899 pixels into background pixels. */
2903 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2904 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2905 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2907 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2908 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2912 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2913 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2914 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2915 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2916 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2917 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2918 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2922 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2923 edge it is next to. */
2924 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2926 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2927 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2930 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2931 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2938 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2940 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2941 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2943 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2945 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2946 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2947 width
, flash_height
);
2948 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2950 (height
- flash_height
2951 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2952 width
, flash_height
);
2955 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2956 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2957 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2958 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2963 struct timeval wakeup
;
2965 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2967 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2968 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2969 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2970 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2972 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2974 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2976 struct timeval current
;
2977 struct timeval timeout
;
2979 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2981 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2982 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2985 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2987 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2989 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2990 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2994 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2995 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2997 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2999 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3000 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3001 width
, flash_height
);
3002 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3004 (height
- flash_height
3005 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3006 width
, flash_height
);
3009 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3010 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3011 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3012 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3014 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3022 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3025 /* Make audible bell. */
3030 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3032 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3034 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3041 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3042 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3049 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3050 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3051 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3052 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3055 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3058 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3063 /***********************************************************************
3065 ***********************************************************************/
3067 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3068 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3071 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3078 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3081 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3085 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3086 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3088 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3089 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3091 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3093 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3094 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3095 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3099 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3100 line at the bottom. */
3101 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3102 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3104 height
= run
->height
;
3108 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3110 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3111 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3113 height
= run
->height
;
3118 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3122 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3123 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3124 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3134 /***********************************************************************
3136 ***********************************************************************/
3143 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3144 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3145 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3146 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3148 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3149 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3151 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3155 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3158 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3159 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3160 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3161 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3163 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3164 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3166 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3169 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3170 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3171 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3172 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3173 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3176 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3177 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3178 struct frame
*frame
;
3180 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3182 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3184 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3185 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3186 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3188 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3189 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3192 selected_frame
= frame
;
3193 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3195 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3196 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3199 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3200 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3202 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3205 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3208 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3209 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3210 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3213 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3216 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3217 struct frame
*frame
;
3218 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3220 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3222 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3224 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3225 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3227 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3228 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3229 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3230 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3231 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3233 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3234 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3238 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3241 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3242 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3245 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3247 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3249 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3251 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3252 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3256 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3257 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3262 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3263 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3265 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3268 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3269 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3271 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3273 struct frame
*frame
;
3275 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3279 switch (event
->type
)
3284 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3286 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3288 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3289 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3290 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3291 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3293 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3299 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3300 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3301 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3302 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3308 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3311 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3312 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3314 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3317 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3318 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3319 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3321 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3322 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3323 the appropriate X display info. */
3326 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3327 struct frame
*frame
;
3329 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3333 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3334 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3336 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3338 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3340 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3341 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3342 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3343 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3344 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3346 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3347 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3351 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3353 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3356 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3357 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3358 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3364 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3366 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3368 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3369 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3371 int min_code
, max_code
;
3374 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3376 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3377 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3378 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3379 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3380 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3383 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3385 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3386 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3389 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3390 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3392 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3394 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3395 Alt keysyms are on. */
3397 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3398 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3400 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3402 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3403 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3405 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3407 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3411 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3415 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3417 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3423 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3424 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3429 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3430 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3435 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3436 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3437 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3438 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3443 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3444 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3445 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3446 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3450 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3451 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3452 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3453 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3454 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3463 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3464 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3466 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3467 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3470 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3471 make them just meta, not alt. */
3472 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3474 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3477 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3478 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3481 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3485 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3486 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3489 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3490 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3491 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3492 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3495 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3496 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3497 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3498 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3499 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3500 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3501 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3502 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3505 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3506 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3507 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3508 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3509 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3510 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3514 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3515 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3518 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3519 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3520 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3521 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3525 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3526 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3527 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3528 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3529 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3530 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3531 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3532 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3535 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3536 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3537 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3538 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3539 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3540 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3543 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3546 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3552 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3560 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3562 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3564 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3568 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3569 struct input_event
*result
;
3570 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3573 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3575 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3576 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3577 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3578 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3580 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3584 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3585 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3586 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3592 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3593 The input handler calls this.
3595 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3596 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3597 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3598 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3600 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3601 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3604 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3606 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3608 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3609 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3610 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3612 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3615 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3617 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3618 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3619 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3620 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3625 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3626 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3627 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3628 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3629 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3630 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3632 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3633 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3634 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3635 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3636 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3637 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3645 /************************************************************************
3647 ************************************************************************/
3650 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3652 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3653 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3654 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3655 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3656 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3661 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3662 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3664 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3665 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3666 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3667 position on the scroll bar.
3669 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3670 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3673 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3674 was at this position.
3676 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3678 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3682 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3685 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3686 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3688 unsigned long *time
;
3694 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3695 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3701 Window dummy_window
;
3704 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3706 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3707 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3708 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3709 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3711 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3713 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3714 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3715 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3717 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3720 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3721 a different screen. */
3724 /* The position on that root window. */
3727 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3730 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3732 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3734 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3735 containing the pointer. */
3739 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3743 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3744 structure is changing at the same time this function
3745 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3747 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3749 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3750 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3752 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3753 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3754 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3756 /* From-window, to-window. */
3757 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3759 /* From-position, to-position. */
3760 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3764 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3770 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3772 /* From-window, to-window. */
3775 /* From-position, to-position. */
3776 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3781 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3789 /* Now we know that:
3790 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3791 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3792 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3793 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3794 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3795 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3796 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3797 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3798 never use them in that case.) */
3800 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3801 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3803 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3804 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3807 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3808 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3810 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3813 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3816 x_uncatch_errors ();
3818 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3821 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3823 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3827 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3833 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3834 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3838 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3839 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3840 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3841 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3842 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3843 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3844 the frame are divided into. */
3846 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3847 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3852 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3853 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3854 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3864 /***********************************************************************
3866 ***********************************************************************/
3868 /* Scroll bar support. */
3870 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3872 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3875 static struct scroll_bar
*
3876 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3882 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3883 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3884 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3886 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3887 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3890 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3892 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3893 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3894 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3897 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3899 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3900 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3901 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3902 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3903 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3906 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3907 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3908 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3909 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3916 #if defined USE_LUCID
3918 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3919 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3922 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3927 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3928 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3931 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3932 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3934 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3941 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3944 /************************************************************************
3946 ************************************************************************/
3948 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3950 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3951 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3952 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3953 struct scroll_bar
*));
3954 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3958 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3959 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3961 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3963 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3965 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3967 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3968 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3971 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3973 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3975 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3977 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3978 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3979 to avoid jerkyness. */
3981 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3983 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3984 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3985 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3986 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3989 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3992 XtPointer client_data
;
3996 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4002 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4003 end_action
= "Release";
4004 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4005 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4006 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4007 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4010 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4011 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4015 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4016 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4017 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4019 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4021 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4022 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4023 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4025 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4026 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4028 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4029 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4032 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4034 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4035 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4037 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4038 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4041 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4042 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4043 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4044 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4047 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4049 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4052 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4053 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4054 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4059 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4060 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4061 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4062 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4063 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4066 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4067 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4068 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4069 into that array in the event. */
4070 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4071 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4074 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4076 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4077 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4078 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4080 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4082 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4083 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4086 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4087 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4088 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4089 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4090 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4091 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4093 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4094 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4096 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4097 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4098 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4099 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4104 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4108 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4110 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4112 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4117 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4118 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4120 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4121 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4123 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4124 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4127 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4129 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4131 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4132 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4133 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4134 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4135 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4141 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4143 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4146 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4147 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4148 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4151 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4153 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4155 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4156 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4157 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4161 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4162 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4163 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4166 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4167 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4168 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4171 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4172 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4173 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4176 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4177 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4178 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4182 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4183 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4186 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4187 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4188 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4195 /* Get the slider size. */
4197 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4200 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4201 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4202 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4203 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4207 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4213 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4214 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4215 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4220 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4222 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4223 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4226 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4230 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4236 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4237 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4239 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4241 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4244 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4246 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4252 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4254 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4256 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4258 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4259 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4261 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4263 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4264 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4266 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4268 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4269 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4271 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4273 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4274 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4278 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4279 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4280 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4281 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4286 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4287 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4288 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4292 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4294 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4295 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4296 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4300 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4302 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4304 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4305 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4307 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4310 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4312 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4316 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4318 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4319 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4320 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4321 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4322 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4324 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4326 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4328 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4329 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4330 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4331 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4335 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4336 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4337 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4338 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4339 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4340 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4341 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4344 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4346 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4348 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4349 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4350 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4354 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4356 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4359 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4360 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4362 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4363 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4364 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4365 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4367 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4369 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4370 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4371 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4372 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4375 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4376 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4378 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4380 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4381 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4385 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4387 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4389 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4392 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4397 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4400 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4402 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4408 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4409 unsigned long pixel
;
4414 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4415 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4416 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4417 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4418 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4419 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4420 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4421 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4423 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4426 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4430 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4433 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4437 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4438 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4440 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4441 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4443 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4445 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4447 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4449 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4451 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4453 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4456 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4457 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4459 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4460 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4461 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4462 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4464 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4466 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4467 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4468 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4469 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4470 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4471 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4472 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4473 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4475 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4478 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4482 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4485 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4489 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4491 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4492 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4494 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4495 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4496 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4498 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4500 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4502 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4503 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4504 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4506 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4509 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4510 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4511 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4512 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4513 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4514 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4516 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4520 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4521 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4522 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4524 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4526 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4529 /* Specify the colors. */
4530 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4533 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4536 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4539 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4545 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4546 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4550 char *val
= initial
;
4551 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4552 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4553 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4555 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4556 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4557 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4558 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4559 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4560 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4564 /* Define callbacks. */
4565 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4566 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4569 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4570 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4572 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4574 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4575 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4576 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4577 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4579 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4580 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4581 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4582 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4586 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4589 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4590 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4594 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4595 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4596 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4598 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4601 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4603 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4604 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4605 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4607 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4608 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4615 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4616 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4617 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4618 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4619 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4620 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4621 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4622 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4623 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4624 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4625 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4626 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4627 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4628 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4635 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4636 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4639 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4643 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4644 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4646 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4647 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4648 size
= max (size
, 1);
4650 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4651 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4652 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4654 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4656 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4662 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4663 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4667 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4669 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4670 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4671 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4675 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4676 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4677 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4680 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4681 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4683 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4684 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4685 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4686 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4688 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4689 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4692 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4693 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4694 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4696 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4700 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4704 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4706 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4710 /************************************************************************
4711 Scroll bars, general
4712 ************************************************************************/
4714 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4715 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4716 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4719 static struct scroll_bar
*
4720 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4722 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4724 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4725 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4726 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4730 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4731 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4732 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4734 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4738 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4739 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4740 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4742 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4743 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4745 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4747 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4749 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4750 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4751 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4752 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4753 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4755 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4757 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4758 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4759 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4761 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4763 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4770 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4772 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4774 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4775 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4776 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4777 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4778 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4779 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4780 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4781 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4783 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4784 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4786 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4787 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4788 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4790 /* Map the window/widget. */
4791 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4794 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4795 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4797 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4798 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4800 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4801 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4802 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4803 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4804 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4806 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4807 max (height
, 1), 0);
4808 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4809 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4811 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4812 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4813 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4820 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4822 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4823 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4824 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4827 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4828 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4829 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4830 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4831 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4833 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4836 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4837 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4841 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4842 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4843 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4844 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4846 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4848 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4849 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4855 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4856 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4857 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4859 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4860 the distance between start and end. */
4862 int length
= end
- start
;
4866 else if (start
> top_range
)
4868 end
= start
+ length
;
4872 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4876 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4877 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4878 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4880 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4881 if (end
> top_range
)
4884 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4885 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4886 that many pixels tall. */
4887 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4889 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4890 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4892 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4893 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4894 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4895 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4896 inside_width
, start
,
4899 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4900 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4901 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4902 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4904 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4905 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4906 /* x, y, width, height */
4907 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4908 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4909 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4911 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4912 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4913 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4914 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4916 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4917 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4918 if (end
< inside_height
)
4919 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4920 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4921 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4922 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4923 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4931 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4937 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4938 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4940 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4943 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4945 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4946 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4947 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4948 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4950 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4953 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4954 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4960 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4961 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4962 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4966 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4968 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4970 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4971 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4972 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4973 int window_y
, window_height
;
4975 /* Get window dimensions. */
4976 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4978 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4979 height
= window_height
;
4981 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4982 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4984 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4985 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4986 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4987 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4991 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4992 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4993 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4995 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
4996 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5000 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5001 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5002 : width
- sb_width
));
5004 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5005 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5010 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5011 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5013 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5016 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5017 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5021 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5025 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5026 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5028 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5032 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5034 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5036 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5038 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5041 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5043 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5046 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5047 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5048 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5049 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5050 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5052 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5053 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5055 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5056 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5058 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5059 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5060 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5062 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5063 max (height
, 1), 0);
5064 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5066 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5068 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5069 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5070 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5072 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5073 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5075 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5076 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5077 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5081 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5082 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5083 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5086 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5087 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5088 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5090 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5091 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5092 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5093 rest
, height
, False
);
5095 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5096 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5100 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5105 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5107 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5109 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5113 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5115 /* Remember new settings. */
5116 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5117 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5118 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5119 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5125 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5126 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5127 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5129 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5131 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5134 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5137 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5138 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5139 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5142 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5144 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5148 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5149 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5150 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5151 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5152 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5153 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5154 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5156 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5157 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5158 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5161 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5164 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5165 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5168 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5169 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5170 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5171 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5172 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5173 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5174 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5179 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5180 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5183 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5184 struct window
*window
;
5186 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5189 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5190 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5193 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5195 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5196 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5197 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5199 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5201 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5202 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5204 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5205 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5206 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5208 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5209 one or the other! */
5213 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5215 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5216 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5218 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5220 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5221 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5222 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5225 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5226 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5229 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5232 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5234 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5236 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5237 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5238 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5240 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5242 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5244 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5247 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5250 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5251 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5255 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5256 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5257 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5259 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5263 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5264 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5267 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5268 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5269 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5270 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5274 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5276 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5277 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5279 /* x, y, width, height */
5281 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5282 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5287 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5289 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5290 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5292 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5297 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5298 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5300 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5302 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5305 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5306 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5307 emacs_event
->modifiers
5308 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5309 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5310 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5311 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5314 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5315 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5316 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5319 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5321 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5324 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5325 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5328 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5330 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5331 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5332 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5333 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5335 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5337 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5338 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5339 whether or not we're dragging. */
5341 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5343 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5344 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5345 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5348 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5349 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5350 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5351 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5353 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5354 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5356 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5357 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5361 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5363 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5365 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5366 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5368 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5370 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5373 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5377 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5379 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5381 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5385 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5386 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5389 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5391 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5394 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5396 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5397 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5399 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5400 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5402 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5404 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5406 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5411 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5413 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5414 on the scroll bar. */
5417 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5419 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5420 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5422 unsigned long *time
;
5424 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5425 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5426 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5428 Window dummy_window
;
5430 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5434 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5436 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5438 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5439 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5440 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5442 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5445 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5452 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5455 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5457 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5459 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5460 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5464 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5468 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5470 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5471 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5472 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5473 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5474 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5475 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5477 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5479 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5480 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5483 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5486 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5492 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5493 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5494 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5498 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5501 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5504 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5505 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5506 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5507 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5508 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5509 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5510 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5511 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5513 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5517 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5520 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5521 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5522 sometimes don't work. */
5524 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5527 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5528 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5529 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5530 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5532 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5533 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5535 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5537 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5538 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5540 static int temp_index
;
5541 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5543 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5544 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5546 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5548 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5549 on a particular display. */
5551 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5553 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5554 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5555 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5556 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5558 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5560 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5563 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5564 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5565 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5566 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5567 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5568 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5572 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5573 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5583 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5584 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5585 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5587 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5589 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5593 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5594 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5597 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5598 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5599 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5602 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5603 event
->xclient
.window
);
5605 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5610 static int current_count
;
5611 static int current_finish
;
5612 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5614 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5615 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5616 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5617 static GdkFilterReturn
5618 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5623 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5625 if (current_count
>= 0)
5627 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5629 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5632 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5633 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5634 so we do it here. */
5635 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5636 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5637 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5641 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5645 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5650 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5652 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5653 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5655 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5657 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5660 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5662 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5663 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5664 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5666 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5669 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5670 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5673 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5676 struct input_event ie
;
5677 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5683 struct coding_system coding
;
5684 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5686 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5688 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5689 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5696 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5697 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5698 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5700 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5701 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5703 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5704 could be the shell widget window
5705 if the frame has no title bar. */
5706 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5708 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5709 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5710 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5712 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5713 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5714 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5715 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5716 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5719 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5720 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5721 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5722 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5725 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5726 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5727 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5730 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5731 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5732 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5734 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5735 /* The ICCCM says this is
5736 the only valid choice. */
5738 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5739 /* This is needed to detect the error
5740 if there is an error. */
5742 x_uncatch_errors ();
5744 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5749 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5750 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5752 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5753 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5754 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5755 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5756 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5757 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5758 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5759 session manager and one for this. */
5761 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5764 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5765 event
.xclient
.window
);
5766 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5767 for a single Emacs process. */
5768 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5769 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5770 event
.xclient
.window
,
5771 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5773 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5774 event
.xclient
.window
,
5780 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5781 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5783 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5784 event
.xclient
.window
);
5786 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5788 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5789 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5796 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5797 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5802 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5803 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5806 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5808 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5809 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5813 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5820 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5821 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5823 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5825 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5829 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5831 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5832 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5833 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5834 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5836 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5837 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5838 currently never do because we are interested in
5839 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5840 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5841 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5844 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5845 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5849 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5850 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5851 we construct an input_event. */
5852 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5853 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5855 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5856 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5859 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5861 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5864 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5865 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5869 case SelectionNotify
:
5870 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5871 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5873 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5874 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5877 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5878 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5879 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5881 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5883 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5885 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5886 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5887 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5888 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5889 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5893 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5894 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5895 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5897 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5899 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5900 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5902 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5903 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5904 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5905 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5906 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5907 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5908 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5909 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5913 case PropertyNotify
:
5914 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5915 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5916 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5917 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5918 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5922 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5925 case ReparentNotify
:
5926 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5930 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5931 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5935 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5936 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5941 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5944 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5947 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5948 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5949 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5950 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5951 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5954 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5956 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5957 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5958 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5959 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5963 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5964 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5968 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5969 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5971 #if defined USE_LUCID
5972 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5973 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5974 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
5977 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
5979 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
5981 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5983 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5984 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
5986 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5987 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5988 event
.xexpose
.window
);
5991 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
5992 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5995 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5996 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6000 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6001 source area was obscured or not
6003 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6007 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6008 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6009 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6011 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6014 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6017 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6018 source area was completely
6023 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6024 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6027 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6030 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6031 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6032 the frame was deleted. */
6034 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6035 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6036 display that won't ever be seen. */
6037 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6038 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6039 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6040 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6041 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6042 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6043 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6044 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6046 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6048 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6049 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6055 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6056 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6057 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6060 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6061 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6062 frame is visible. */
6063 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6066 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6067 the frame's display structures.
6068 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6069 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6070 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6071 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6072 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6073 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6075 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6076 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6077 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6081 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6082 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6084 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6085 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6086 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6087 to update the frame titles
6088 in case this is the second frame. */
6089 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6095 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6097 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6098 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6099 if (popup_activated ())
6103 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6105 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6106 mouse highlighting. */
6107 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6109 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6111 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6112 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6115 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6118 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6119 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6120 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6122 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6124 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6125 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6128 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6132 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6133 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6134 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6137 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6138 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6139 status_return even if the input is too long to
6140 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6141 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6142 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6143 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6144 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6145 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6146 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6148 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6152 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6153 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6154 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6156 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6160 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6161 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6162 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6164 /* This will have to go some day... */
6166 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6167 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6168 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6169 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6170 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6171 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6172 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6174 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6175 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6176 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6177 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6178 not it is combined with Meta. */
6179 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6180 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6185 Status status_return
;
6187 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6188 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6189 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6190 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6192 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6194 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6195 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6196 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6197 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6198 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6201 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6202 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6203 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6204 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6205 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6206 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6207 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6208 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6210 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6212 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6213 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6214 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6217 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6223 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6225 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6230 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6231 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6235 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6236 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6239 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6240 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6244 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6245 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6246 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6249 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6250 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6252 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6253 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6255 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6256 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6258 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6259 translations to characters. */
6260 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6261 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6263 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6264 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6268 /* Keysyms directly mapped to supported Unicode characters. */
6269 if ((keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x010033ff)
6270 || (keysym
>= 0x0100e000 && keysym
<= 0x0100ffff))
6272 int code
= keysym
& 0xFFFF, charset_id
, c1
, c2
;
6276 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6277 inev
.ie
.code
= code
;
6279 else if (code
< 0x100)
6282 charset_id
= CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL
;
6284 charset_id
= charset_latin_iso8859_1
;
6285 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6286 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, code
, 0);
6291 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_0100_24ff
,
6293 else if (code
< 0xE000)
6294 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_2500_33ff
,
6297 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_e000_ffff
,
6299 c1
= (code
/ 96) + 32, c2
= (code
% 96) + 32;
6300 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6301 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, c1
, c2
);
6306 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6307 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6308 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6312 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6313 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6314 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6315 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6319 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6320 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6321 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6322 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6323 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6324 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6326 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6327 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6329 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6330 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6331 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6332 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6333 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6334 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6336 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6337 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6339 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6340 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6342 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6343 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6345 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6346 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6348 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6349 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6351 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6352 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6354 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6355 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6357 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6358 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6360 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6361 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6363 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6364 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6366 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6367 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6369 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6370 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6372 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6373 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6375 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6376 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6377 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6378 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6379 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6380 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6382 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6383 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6386 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6388 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6389 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6390 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6391 don't have real modifiers but
6392 should be treated similarly to
6393 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6394 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6395 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6397 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6398 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6402 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6403 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6405 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6406 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6410 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6415 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6416 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6417 we used just above and the locale. */
6418 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6419 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6420 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6421 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6422 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6423 gives us composition information. */
6424 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6426 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6428 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6432 /* Decode the input data. */
6436 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6437 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6438 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6439 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6440 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6441 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6442 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6443 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6444 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6448 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6449 character events. */
6450 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6452 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6453 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6455 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6457 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6458 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6459 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6461 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6464 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6465 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6468 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6470 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6476 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6477 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6486 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6487 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6495 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6497 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6499 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6500 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6503 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6505 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6506 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6508 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6510 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6511 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6514 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6515 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6518 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6519 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6520 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6521 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6523 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6524 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6525 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6526 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6531 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6535 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6537 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6540 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6542 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6543 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6544 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6545 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6548 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6549 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6550 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6551 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6552 if (any_help_event_p
)
6556 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6557 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6558 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6563 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6568 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6569 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6571 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6572 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6573 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6575 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6577 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6579 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6580 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6586 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6587 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6591 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6592 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6595 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6596 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6597 will be selected iff it is active. */
6598 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6599 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6600 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6602 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6603 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6608 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6609 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6613 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6614 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6615 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6616 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6619 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6620 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6622 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6623 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6624 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6627 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6628 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6629 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6630 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6635 case ConfigureNotify
:
6636 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6639 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6641 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6642 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6643 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6644 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6645 do this one, the right one will come later.
6646 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6647 need to reset it below. */
6649 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6650 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6651 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6652 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6657 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6658 is called by the code that handles resizing
6659 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6661 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6662 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6663 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6664 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6665 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6666 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6667 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6669 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6670 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6671 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6673 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6676 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6677 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6680 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6681 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6682 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6683 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6686 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6688 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6689 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6693 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6694 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6697 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6699 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6700 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6701 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6702 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6710 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6711 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6714 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6715 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6717 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6719 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6720 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6722 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6726 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6727 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6728 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6731 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6732 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6734 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6735 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6737 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6738 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6740 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6741 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6742 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6748 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6749 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6751 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6752 if (! popup_activated ())
6755 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6757 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6758 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6760 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6761 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6763 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6764 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6767 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6773 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6774 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6775 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6777 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6778 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6780 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6782 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6783 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6785 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6787 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6788 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6791 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6793 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6794 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6797 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6800 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6802 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6803 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6804 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6808 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6809 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6810 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6811 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6812 Instead, save it away
6813 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6814 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6817 ! popup_activated ()
6820 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6821 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6822 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6823 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6824 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6825 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6826 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6827 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6829 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6830 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6832 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6835 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6837 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6841 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6842 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6843 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6845 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6847 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6848 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6849 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6854 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6857 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6861 case CirculateNotify
:
6864 case CirculateRequest
:
6867 case VisibilityNotify
:
6871 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6873 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6875 case MappingModifier
:
6876 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6877 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6878 case MappingKeyboard
:
6879 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6885 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6887 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6888 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6890 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6895 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6897 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6902 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6907 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6913 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6914 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6915 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6919 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6920 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6930 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6931 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6932 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6934 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6936 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6940 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6941 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6943 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6946 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6952 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6953 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6954 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6956 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6957 thus pretending to be `read'.
6959 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6962 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6965 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6969 int event_found
= 0;
6970 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6972 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6974 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6978 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6981 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6982 input_signal_count
++;
6986 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6987 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6988 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6990 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6992 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6993 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6994 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6995 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6996 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6997 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7000 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7001 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7002 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7003 for X connections. */
7006 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7008 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7009 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7010 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7011 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7013 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7017 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7018 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7020 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7021 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7026 struct input_event inev
;
7028 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7029 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7030 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7032 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7040 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7044 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7047 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7048 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7053 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7055 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7058 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7063 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7064 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7065 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7066 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7068 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7069 from all displays. */
7071 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7073 current_count
= count
;
7074 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7076 gtk_main_iteration ();
7078 count
= current_count
;
7080 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7082 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7085 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7089 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7090 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7093 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7094 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7095 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7097 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7101 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7102 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7104 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7106 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7107 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7111 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7113 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7114 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7116 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7117 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7129 /***********************************************************************
7131 ***********************************************************************/
7133 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7134 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7136 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7137 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7138 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7141 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7143 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7147 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7148 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7149 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7151 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7153 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7154 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7155 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7156 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7157 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7159 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7163 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7166 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7168 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7170 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7171 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7172 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7175 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7178 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7179 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7180 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7181 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7184 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7185 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7186 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7188 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7189 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7190 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7191 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7192 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7194 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7195 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7196 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7198 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7199 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7200 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7201 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7205 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7207 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7208 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7209 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7213 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7215 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7217 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7219 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7220 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7222 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7223 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7225 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7226 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7229 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7230 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7231 the bar might not be in the window. */
7232 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7234 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7235 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7236 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7240 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7241 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7242 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7243 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7244 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7247 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7248 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7249 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7250 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7251 that the glyph is legible. */
7252 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7253 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7255 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7256 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7259 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7262 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7263 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7267 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7268 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7270 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7271 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7273 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7274 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7275 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7276 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7277 width
, row
->height
);
7279 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7280 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7281 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7282 row
->height
- width
),
7283 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7286 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7291 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7294 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7298 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7302 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7305 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7307 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7309 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7310 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7314 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7317 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7319 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7321 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7324 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7328 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7329 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7331 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7332 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7334 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7335 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7338 switch (cursor_type
)
7340 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7341 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7344 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7345 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7349 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7353 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7357 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7365 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7366 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7367 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7372 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7373 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7380 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7383 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7389 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7392 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7393 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7394 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7395 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7400 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7401 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7402 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7404 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7405 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7406 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7410 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7411 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7415 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7417 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7420 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7422 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7423 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7424 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7426 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7429 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7430 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7434 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7435 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7439 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7440 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7441 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7442 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7443 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7445 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7448 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7449 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7455 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7456 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7459 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7463 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7469 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7470 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7472 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7473 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7475 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7476 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7477 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7479 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7480 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7481 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7482 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7487 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7489 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7490 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7492 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7493 be called from a signal handler.
7496 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7497 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7499 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7501 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7503 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7504 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7505 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7508 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7512 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7513 x_error_message
->string
,
7514 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7517 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7518 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7521 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7522 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7523 stored in x_error_message_string.
7525 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7526 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7528 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7530 void x_check_errors ();
7533 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7536 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7538 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7542 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7543 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7544 x_error_message
= data
;
7547 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7548 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7553 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7557 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7558 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7559 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7560 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7562 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7563 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7568 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7569 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7570 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7573 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7577 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7580 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7582 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7583 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7584 x_uncatch_errors ();
7585 error (format
, string
);
7589 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7590 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7593 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7596 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7599 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7602 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7605 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7608 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7611 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7614 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7616 while (x_error_message
)
7617 x_uncatch_errors ();
7620 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7623 x_catching_errors ()
7625 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7629 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7632 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7637 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7638 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7639 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7640 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7641 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7644 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7645 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7648 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7649 must reestablish each time */
7650 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7655 /************************************************************************
7657 ************************************************************************/
7659 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7661 static char *error_msg
;
7663 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7664 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7665 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7668 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7670 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7674 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7675 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7678 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7680 char *error_message
;
7682 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7683 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7685 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7686 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7687 handling_signal
= 0;
7689 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7690 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7691 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7692 the original message here. */
7693 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7695 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7696 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7697 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7699 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7700 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7701 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7703 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7704 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7706 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7707 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7708 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7710 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7711 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7712 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7715 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7716 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7717 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7718 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7724 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7727 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7729 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7731 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7732 that are on the dead display. */
7733 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7735 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7737 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7738 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7739 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7740 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7741 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7742 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7745 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7746 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7747 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7748 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7749 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7750 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7752 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7753 trying to find a replacement. */
7754 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7755 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7759 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7761 x_uncatch_errors ();
7763 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7765 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7766 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7770 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7772 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7774 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7775 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7777 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7778 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7781 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7782 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7783 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*)) NO_RETURN
;
7785 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7786 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7789 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7793 if (x_error_message
)
7794 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7796 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7800 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7801 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7802 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7804 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7806 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7807 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7812 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7818 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7819 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7821 static void NO_INLINE
7822 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7826 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7828 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7829 original error handler. */
7831 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7832 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7833 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7834 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7838 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7839 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7840 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7843 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7848 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7849 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7853 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7855 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7856 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7857 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7858 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7861 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7863 register char *fontname
;
7865 struct font_info
*fontp
7866 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7871 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7872 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7873 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7875 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7876 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7877 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7879 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7881 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7882 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7884 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7885 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7886 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7890 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7891 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7894 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7895 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7897 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7898 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7899 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7900 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7901 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7902 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7904 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7905 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7906 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7907 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7908 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7911 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7914 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7915 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7916 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7917 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7920 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7924 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7930 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7931 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7933 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7935 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7937 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7938 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7941 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7942 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7946 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7947 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7950 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7954 /***********************************************************************
7956 ***********************************************************************/
7962 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7963 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7964 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7967 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7969 XPointer client_data
;
7972 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7973 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7977 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7978 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7980 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7981 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7983 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7984 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7988 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7989 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7990 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7994 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7997 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7998 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8001 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8002 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8005 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8006 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8007 char *resource_name
;
8014 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8021 XIMCallback destroy
;
8024 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8025 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8028 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8029 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8030 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8036 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8037 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8041 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8045 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8046 char *resource_name
;
8049 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8050 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8051 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8052 when the callback was registered. */
8055 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8057 XPointer client_data
;
8060 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8061 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8063 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8067 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8069 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8070 as they have no XIC. */
8071 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8073 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8076 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8078 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8080 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8081 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8083 create_frame_xic (f
);
8084 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8085 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8086 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8088 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8089 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8098 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8101 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8102 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8103 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8104 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8107 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8108 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8109 char *resource_name
;
8114 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8115 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8118 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8119 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8120 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8121 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8122 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8123 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8124 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8125 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8126 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8127 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8128 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8129 least, hence the configure test. */
8130 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8131 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8132 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8133 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8134 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8138 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8139 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8143 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8146 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8147 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8152 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8153 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8154 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8156 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8157 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8158 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8159 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8160 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8161 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8163 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8166 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8170 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8171 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8174 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8177 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8179 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8180 is already for the top-left corner. */
8181 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8184 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8185 position that fits on the screen. */
8186 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8187 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8188 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8191 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8193 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8194 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8195 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8197 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8198 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8199 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8200 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8203 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8204 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8206 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8209 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8210 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8213 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8214 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8215 so the flags should correspond. */
8216 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8219 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8220 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8221 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8222 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8223 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8226 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8228 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8231 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8233 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8235 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8236 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8240 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8242 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8244 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8245 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8247 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8250 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8252 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8253 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8255 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8257 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8258 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8259 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8260 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8261 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8264 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8265 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8267 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8268 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8271 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8272 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8273 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8274 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8277 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8278 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8279 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8281 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8282 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8283 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8284 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8285 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8286 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8291 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8292 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8294 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8297 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8299 int width
, height
, ign
;
8301 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8303 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8305 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8306 when setting WM manager hints.
8307 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8308 x_check_expected_move. */
8309 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8311 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8312 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8313 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8315 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8316 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8321 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8322 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8323 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8324 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8325 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8326 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8327 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8330 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8335 int count
= 0, current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8337 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8338 window manager window around the frame. */
8340 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8342 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8344 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8349 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8350 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8351 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8353 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8355 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8356 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8358 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8359 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8361 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8364 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8365 frame's position. */
8367 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8371 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8372 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8373 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8374 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8375 of an exact comparison. */
8378 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8380 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8384 while (count
++ < 50)
8386 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8388 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8389 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8392 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8393 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8397 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8400 if (abs (current_left
- left
) <= 10 && abs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8403 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8407 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8408 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8410 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8414 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8415 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8416 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8417 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8420 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8425 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8427 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8428 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8429 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8431 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8432 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8433 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8435 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8437 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8438 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8440 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8441 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8443 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8444 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8445 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8447 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8448 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8449 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8450 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8452 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8453 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8454 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8455 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8456 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8458 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8460 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8461 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8462 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8464 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8465 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8466 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8467 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8468 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8470 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8474 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8475 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8476 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8477 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8480 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8488 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8489 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8491 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8494 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8496 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8497 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8498 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8499 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8500 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8501 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8502 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8503 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8504 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8507 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8509 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8511 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8513 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8515 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8516 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8518 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8519 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8520 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8521 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8522 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8527 /* Mouse warping. */
8530 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8536 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8537 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8539 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8540 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8542 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8543 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8547 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8548 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8552 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8555 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8561 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8562 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8566 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8569 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8572 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8576 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8577 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8578 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8579 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8580 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8589 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8590 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8591 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8592 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8596 /* Raise frame F. */
8602 if (f
->async_visible
)
8605 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8606 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8611 /* Lower frame F. */
8617 if (f
->async_visible
)
8620 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8621 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8627 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8637 /* Change of visibility. */
8639 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8640 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8641 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8642 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8643 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8644 finishes with it. */
8647 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8651 int original_top
, original_left
;
8652 int retry_count
= 2;
8658 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8660 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8662 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8664 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8665 call x_set_offset a second time
8666 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8667 before the window gets really visible. */
8668 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8669 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8670 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8672 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8674 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8675 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8676 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8677 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8678 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8679 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8681 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8682 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8684 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8685 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8686 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8687 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8688 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8689 to come back ok without this. */
8690 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8691 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8695 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8697 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8698 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8699 so that incoming events are handled. */
8703 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8704 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8705 will set it when they are handled. */
8706 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8708 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8709 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8711 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8714 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8716 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8717 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8718 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8719 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8721 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8722 because the window manager may choose the position
8723 and we don't want to override it. */
8725 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8726 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8727 && previously_visible
)
8731 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8735 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8736 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8737 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8738 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8739 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8740 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8741 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8742 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8743 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8745 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8746 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8747 original_left
, original_top
);
8752 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8754 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8755 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8756 MapNotify at all.. */
8757 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8758 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8760 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8763 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8764 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8765 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8766 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8767 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8769 if (input_polling_used ())
8771 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8772 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8773 handler reset it. */
8774 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8775 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8776 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8777 poll_for_input_1 ();
8778 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8781 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8782 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8787 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8791 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8792 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8793 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8794 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8796 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8801 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8803 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8806 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8811 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8812 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8814 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8815 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8816 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8818 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8819 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8825 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8826 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8827 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8828 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8829 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8830 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8833 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8834 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8840 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8841 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8843 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8844 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8846 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8848 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8849 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8853 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8854 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8855 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8856 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8857 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8858 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8860 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8863 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8864 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8868 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8869 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8870 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8873 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8874 just by the event that we get from the server.
8875 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8876 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8877 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8879 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8880 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8881 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8888 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8897 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8898 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8899 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8901 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8906 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8908 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8910 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8913 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8915 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8916 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8918 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8921 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8922 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8928 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8930 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8932 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8933 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8934 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8935 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8936 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8937 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8938 so we have to record it here. */
8941 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8942 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8947 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8948 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8949 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8953 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8955 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8956 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8960 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8962 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8964 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8965 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8966 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8967 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8969 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8970 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8972 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8973 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8977 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8978 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8979 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8980 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8981 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8983 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8984 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8986 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8989 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8990 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8994 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8996 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8998 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9000 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9001 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9004 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9005 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9007 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9009 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9013 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9016 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9019 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9021 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9025 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9026 commands to the X server. */
9027 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9029 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9030 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9032 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9033 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9034 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9035 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9036 toolkit scroll bars. */
9037 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9039 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9040 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9049 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9050 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9052 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9053 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9055 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9056 we are using a toolkit. */
9057 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9058 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9060 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9061 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9064 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9065 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9066 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9068 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9069 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9070 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9072 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9074 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9075 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9076 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9078 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9079 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9080 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9081 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9082 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9083 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9085 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9086 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9087 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9088 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9089 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9090 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9091 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9092 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9093 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9094 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9095 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9096 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9097 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9098 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9099 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9101 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9102 free_frame_faces (f
);
9105 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9108 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9109 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9111 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9112 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9114 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9115 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9116 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9117 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9118 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9119 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9121 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9123 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9124 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9125 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9126 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9127 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9128 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9129 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9136 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9139 x_destroy_window (f
)
9142 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9144 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9145 commands to the X server. */
9146 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9147 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9149 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9153 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9155 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9156 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9157 that the window now has.
9158 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9159 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9160 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9164 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9169 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9171 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9174 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9177 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9179 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9180 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9182 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9183 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9185 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9186 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9187 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9188 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9189 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9190 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9191 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9192 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9193 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9194 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9196 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9197 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9198 size_hints
.max_width
9199 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9200 size_hints
.max_height
9201 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9203 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9205 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9206 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9207 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9209 int base_width
, base_height
;
9210 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9212 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9213 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9215 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9217 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9218 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9219 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9220 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9221 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9223 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9224 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9225 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9228 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9229 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9230 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9231 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9232 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9234 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9235 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9239 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9242 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9245 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9248 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9249 long supplied_return
;
9253 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9256 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9259 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9260 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9261 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9262 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9263 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9267 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9272 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9273 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9274 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9275 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9276 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9277 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9278 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9279 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9283 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9288 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9289 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9293 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9294 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9296 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9299 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9301 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9304 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9306 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9309 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9313 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9316 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9317 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9318 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9319 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9321 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9322 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9324 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9325 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9329 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9333 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9335 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9336 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9341 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9342 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9343 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9344 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9348 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9349 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9350 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9351 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9352 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9353 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9354 best to explicitly give up. */
9356 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9357 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9366 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9370 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9374 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9375 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9376 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9377 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9380 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9382 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9383 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9385 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9389 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9393 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9395 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9396 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9397 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9399 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9403 /***********************************************************************
9405 ***********************************************************************/
9407 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9410 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9414 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9418 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9420 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9423 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9425 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9426 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9427 on how many fonts to match. */
9430 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9432 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9436 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9437 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9438 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9439 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9440 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9441 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9442 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9446 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9450 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9451 if (NILP (patterns
))
9452 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9454 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9455 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9456 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9458 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9461 char **names
= NULL
;
9463 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9464 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9465 The cache is an alist of the form:
9466 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9467 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9468 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9469 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9470 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9473 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9474 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9478 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9481 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9483 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9486 unsigned long value
;
9488 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9489 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9491 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9492 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9494 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9498 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9500 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9501 int len
= strlen (name
);
9504 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9505 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9506 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9508 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9512 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9513 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9515 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9516 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9521 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9524 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9527 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9529 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9530 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9537 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9538 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9541 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9550 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9553 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9555 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9556 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9558 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9562 x_uncatch_errors ();
9569 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9570 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9571 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9575 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9577 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9578 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9579 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9580 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9581 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9582 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9587 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9589 else if (dashes
== 9)
9591 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9592 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9595 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9596 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9598 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9599 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9601 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9602 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9603 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9605 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9606 width of this font. */
9607 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9609 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9610 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9615 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9618 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9623 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9624 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9625 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9628 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9630 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9631 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9632 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9638 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9642 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9646 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9648 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9649 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9650 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9653 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9654 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9655 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9656 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9658 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9659 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9661 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9663 x_uncatch_errors ();
9669 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9671 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9673 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9677 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9678 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9679 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9680 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9683 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9684 if (found_size
== size
)
9685 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9686 else if (found_size
> 0)
9688 if (NILP (second_best
))
9690 else if (found_size
< size
)
9692 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9693 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9698 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9699 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9704 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9706 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9708 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9719 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9723 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9728 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9730 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9732 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9733 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9734 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9737 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9740 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9742 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9743 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9744 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9745 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9746 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9749 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9753 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9754 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9756 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9757 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9758 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9760 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9764 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9765 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9766 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9767 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9768 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9771 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9775 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9777 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9778 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9780 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9781 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9783 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9784 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9786 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9789 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9790 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9791 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9793 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9794 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9797 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9798 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9800 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9801 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9802 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9806 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9807 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9808 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9809 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9812 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9814 register char *fontname
;
9817 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9818 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9820 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9821 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9822 we already have by comparing names. */
9823 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9825 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9830 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9831 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9832 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9833 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9834 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9835 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9836 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9837 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9840 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9844 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9845 unsigned long value
;
9848 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9849 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9850 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9851 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9852 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9853 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9854 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9857 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9858 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9859 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9861 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9862 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9864 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9866 x_uncatch_errors ();
9871 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9872 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9873 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9876 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9877 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9878 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9881 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9882 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9884 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9887 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9888 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9891 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9893 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9895 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9896 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9897 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9899 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9901 /* Fixed width font. */
9902 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9909 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9910 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9912 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9914 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9916 fontp
->average_width
9917 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9918 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9919 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9920 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9921 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9925 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9926 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9927 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9928 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9929 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9932 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9936 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9938 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9940 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9944 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9945 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9947 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9958 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9959 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9966 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9968 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9970 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9971 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9973 if (NILP (font_names
))
9975 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9976 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9977 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9978 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9979 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9980 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9983 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9985 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9986 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9988 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9991 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9993 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9995 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9996 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9998 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10002 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
10003 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
10004 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
10005 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
10006 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
10007 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
10008 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
10009 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
10011 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10013 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10014 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10015 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10016 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10017 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10019 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10020 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10021 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10022 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10023 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10024 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10025 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10026 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10027 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10028 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10029 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10030 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10031 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10033 fontp
->baseline_offset
10034 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10035 ? (long) value
: 0);
10036 fontp
->relative_compose
10037 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10038 ? (long) value
: 0);
10039 fontp
->default_ascent
10040 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10041 ? (long) value
: 0);
10043 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10044 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10045 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10046 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10047 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10048 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10055 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10056 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10059 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10061 register char *fontname
;
10063 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10066 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10067 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10068 && (!strcasecmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10069 || !strcasecmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10070 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10075 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10076 `encoder' of the structure. */
10079 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10080 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10082 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10085 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10089 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10090 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10092 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10099 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10100 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10102 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10105 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10111 /***********************************************************************
10113 ***********************************************************************/
10115 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10116 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10117 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10118 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10120 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10121 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10122 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10124 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10125 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10126 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10127 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10128 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10129 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10130 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10132 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10134 static int x_initialized
;
10137 static int x_session_initialized
;
10140 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10141 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10142 the screen number from the server number. */
10144 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10145 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10147 int seen_colon
= 0;
10148 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10149 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10150 int length_until_period
= 0;
10152 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10153 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10154 length_until_period
++;
10156 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10157 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10159 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10161 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10162 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10163 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10164 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10165 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10166 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10167 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10168 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10169 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10170 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10171 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10172 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10173 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10174 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10176 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10180 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10184 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10185 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10189 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10190 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10193 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10194 unsigned long mask
;
10201 while (!(mask
& 1))
10218 x_display_ok (display
)
10219 const char * display
;
10224 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10226 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10232 struct x_display_info
*
10233 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10234 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10236 char *resource_name
;
10240 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10245 if (!x_initialized
)
10253 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10255 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10256 char **argv2
= argv
;
10259 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10261 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10262 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10263 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10264 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10265 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10269 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10273 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10275 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10277 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10278 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10281 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10282 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10285 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10288 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10290 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10294 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10296 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10297 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10299 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10301 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10302 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10304 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10305 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10307 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10308 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10311 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10312 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10315 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10316 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10317 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10319 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10320 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10321 So let's not use it until R6. */
10322 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10323 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10334 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10335 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10337 turn_on_atimers (0);
10338 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10339 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10340 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10342 turn_on_atimers (1);
10344 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10345 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10350 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10352 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10354 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10355 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10356 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10358 /* Detect failure. */
10365 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10367 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10368 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10370 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10372 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10375 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10376 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10377 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10378 SDATA (display_name
)))
10381 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10384 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10385 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10386 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10388 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10390 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10391 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10392 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10396 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10397 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10398 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10399 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10400 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10401 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10402 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10404 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10408 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10409 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10410 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10412 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10413 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10414 x_display_name_list
);
10415 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10417 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10420 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10424 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10425 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10427 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10428 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10430 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10431 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10433 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10435 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10436 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10437 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10439 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10440 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10442 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10443 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10444 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10445 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10447 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10449 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10451 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10453 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10454 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10455 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10456 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10457 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10458 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10459 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10460 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10461 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10462 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10463 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10464 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10465 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10466 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10467 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10468 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10469 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10470 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10471 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10472 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10473 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10474 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10475 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10476 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10477 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10478 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10479 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10480 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10481 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10482 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10483 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10484 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10485 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10487 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10488 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10489 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10491 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10493 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10494 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10495 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10496 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10497 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10498 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10501 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10502 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10504 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10507 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10508 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10509 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10511 if (STRINGP (value
)
10512 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10513 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10514 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10518 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10519 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10522 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10523 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10524 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10525 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10526 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10527 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10528 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10529 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10530 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10533 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10534 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10535 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10536 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10537 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10538 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10539 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10540 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10541 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10542 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10543 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10544 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10545 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10546 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10547 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10548 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10549 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10550 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10551 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10552 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10553 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10554 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10555 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10556 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10557 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10558 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10559 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10560 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10561 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10562 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10563 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10564 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10565 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10566 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10567 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10568 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10569 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10570 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10571 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10572 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10573 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10574 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10575 /* For properties of font. */
10576 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10577 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10578 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10579 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10580 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10581 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10582 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10583 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10584 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10585 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10587 /* Ghostscript support. */
10588 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10589 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10591 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10594 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10596 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10597 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10598 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10599 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10601 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10602 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10607 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10609 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10610 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10611 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10616 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10617 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10619 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10621 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10622 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10626 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10629 #ifdef subprocesses
10630 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10631 if (connection
!= 0)
10632 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10635 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10637 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10638 /* stdin is a socket here */
10639 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10640 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10641 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10642 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10643 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10644 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10647 if (interrupt_input
)
10648 init_sigio (connection
);
10649 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10652 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10653 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10654 so that Xt does not crash. */
10656 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10657 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10660 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10661 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10662 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10663 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10664 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10665 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10666 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10667 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10669 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10670 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10671 x_uncatch_errors ();
10676 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10677 for debugging X code. */
10680 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10681 build_string ("synchronous"),
10682 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10684 if (STRINGP (value
)
10685 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10686 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10687 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10692 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10693 build_string ("useXIM"),
10694 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10697 if (STRINGP (value
)
10698 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10699 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10702 if (STRINGP (value
)
10703 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10704 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10710 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10711 if (!x_session_initialized
++)
10712 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10720 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10721 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10724 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10725 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10729 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10731 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10732 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10733 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10734 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10735 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10740 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10741 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10743 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10745 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10748 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10752 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10753 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10755 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10756 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10759 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10761 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10762 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10763 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10766 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10767 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10768 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10771 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10772 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10773 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10777 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10780 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10781 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10782 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10784 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10785 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10786 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10789 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
10791 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10792 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10793 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10795 if (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
)
10796 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10797 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
10798 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10802 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10804 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10805 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10806 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10807 that slows us down. */
10810 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10811 struct atimer
*timer
;
10813 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10816 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10817 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10822 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10825 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10827 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10829 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10831 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10835 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10837 x_after_update_window_line
,
10838 x_update_window_begin
,
10839 x_update_window_end
,
10845 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10847 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10848 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10849 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10850 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10851 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10852 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10855 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10856 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10857 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10858 x_clear_frame_area
,
10859 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10860 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10861 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10867 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10869 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10870 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10871 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10872 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10873 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10874 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10875 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10876 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10877 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10878 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10879 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10880 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10881 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10882 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10883 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10884 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10885 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10886 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10888 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10889 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10890 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10891 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10892 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10897 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10898 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10899 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10901 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10905 current_count
= -1;
10908 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10909 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10911 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10912 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10914 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10916 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10917 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10918 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10919 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10920 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10921 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10922 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10924 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10926 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10927 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10928 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10929 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10930 widgets don't behave normally. */
10932 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10933 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10934 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10938 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10940 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10941 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10945 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10946 original error handler. */
10947 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10948 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10950 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10952 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10953 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10955 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10962 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10964 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10965 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10967 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10968 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10970 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10971 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10973 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10974 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10975 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10976 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10978 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10979 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10981 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10982 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10983 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10984 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10985 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10986 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10987 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10989 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10990 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10991 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10992 nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the variable
10993 `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the baseline
10994 level. The default value is nil. */);
10995 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10997 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10998 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10999 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11000 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11001 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11002 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11003 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11004 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11005 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11007 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11008 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11009 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11010 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11011 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11013 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11014 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11015 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11017 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11019 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11022 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11025 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11026 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11028 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11029 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11030 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11031 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11032 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11033 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11034 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11035 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11036 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11038 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11039 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11040 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11041 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11042 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11043 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11045 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11046 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11047 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11048 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11049 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11050 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11052 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11053 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11054 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11055 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11056 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11057 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11059 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11060 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11061 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11062 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11063 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11064 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11066 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11067 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11068 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11069 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11070 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11074 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11076 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11077 (do not change this comment) */